FirstRanker Logo

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice is a hub of Question Papers & Study Materials for B-Tech, B.E, M-Tech, MCA, M.Sc, MBBS, BDS, MBA, B.Sc, Degree, B.Sc Nursing, B-Pharmacy, D-Pharmacy, MD, Medical, Dental, Engineering students. All services of FirstRanker.com are FREE
📱

Get the MBBS Question Bank Android App

Access previous years' papers, solved question papers, notes, and more on the go!

Install From Play Store

Download Anna University B-Tech ECE 5th Sem Microprocessor and Microcontroller MM Lab Manual Question Paper

Download Anna University B.Tech (Bachelor of Technology) ECE (Electronics And Communications Engineering) 5th Sem Microprocessor and Microcontroller MM Lab Manual Question Paper.

This post was last modified on 13 December 2019

Tags: Anna University B.Tech ECE 5th Sem Microprocessor Microcontroller MM Lab Lab Manual Question Paper PDF Download frdA131219A131034
Download Document
Download Document

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1211 END




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SOUTH
PA.0 GO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1211 END




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SOUTH
PA.0 GO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1211 END




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SOUTH
PA.0 GO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 MOV AL, 18



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX,000F



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Memory
Location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 MOV AL, 18



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX,000F



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Memory
Location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. 8-bit Multiplication:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP 410E




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

?



DEPARTMENT OF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


V SEMESTER - R 2013



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

objectives
Proposed
date

1,2,3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION
VISION
MISSION


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. Division:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation in a single clock




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Binary to Gray

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Washing machines



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. DVD players
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN PROC



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Pin Assignment With 8086




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

counter 0 of 8253.



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

Memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4109




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1
st
data and 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1211 END




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SOUTH
PA.0 GO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100

Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. 8-bit Division:
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 MOV AL, 18



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX,000F



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Memory
Location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. 8-bit Multiplication:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP 410E




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



4. 8-bit Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 MOV AL, 18



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX,000F



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Memory
Location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. 8-bit Multiplication:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP 410E




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



4. 8-bit Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

get affected?
6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)
10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Data Acquisition and Control
4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Start

CLR C


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 MOV AL, 18



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX,000F



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Memory
Location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. 8-bit Multiplication:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP 410E




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



4. 8-bit Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?
6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)
10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control
4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer
4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV R1,#05H
4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR
410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E MOVX A, @DPTR
410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP
4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 INC DPTR
4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A
410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4113 LCALL 00BB
Output:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Start

CLR C


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4105 MOV R1,#05H
4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR
410E MOVX A, @DPTR
410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2
4104 INC DPTR
4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN
4113 LCALL 00BB
Output:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?
2. How connect the I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus with microcontroller?
3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?
4. What do you mean by I
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.
6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?
7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?
8. What TD is?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.
11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?
12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?
13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

Applications:
1. Cell Phones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines
4. Fax
5. Printers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1211 END




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SOUTH
PA.0 GO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100

Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. 8-bit Division:
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4019



73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E RRA
410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?
6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)
10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control
4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer
4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4105 MOV R1,#05H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR
410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR
410E MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP
4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2
4104 INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A
410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN
4113 LCALL 00BB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Output:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?
2. How connect the I
2
C bus with microcontroller?
3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What do you mean by I
2
C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.
6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?
8. What TD is?
9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.
11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?
13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC
14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Cell Phones
2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines
4. Fax

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Printers

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


80 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.19 Separate Odd and Even Numbers using 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To separate odd and even numbers using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?Enter? key
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Load the CL register with count value.
2. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
3. Move the content of source index to accumulator.
4. Rotate right the bits of accumulator with carry.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. If carry bit is one, then the input is odd number.
6. If carry bit is zero, then the input is even number.
7. Separate the odd and store the results.
8. Separate the even numbers and store the results.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LABORATORY MANUAL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

deploying technology for the service of humanity



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



VISION
MISSION
VISION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MISSION



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





2. Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. Multiplication
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

decimal arithmetic operations.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

of data from one location to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1211 END




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SOUTH
PA.0 GO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1037 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100

Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4. 8-bit Division:
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4019



73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E RRA
410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?
6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)
10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control
4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer
4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4105 MOV R1,#05H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR
410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR
410E MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP
4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2
4104 INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A
410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN
4113 LCALL 00BB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Output:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?
2. How connect the I
2
C bus with microcontroller?
3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What do you mean by I
2
C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.
6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?
8. What TD is?
9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.
11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?
13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC
14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Cell Phones
2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines
4. Fax

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Printers

Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


80 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.19 Separate Odd and Even Numbers using 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To separate odd and even numbers using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?Enter? key
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Load the CL register with count value.
2. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
3. Move the content of source index to accumulator.
4. Rotate right the bits of accumulator with carry.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. If carry bit is one, then the input is odd number.
6. If carry bit is zero, then the input is even number.
7. Separate the odd and store the results.
8. Separate the even numbers and store the results.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





81 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV SI, 1600
4105 MOV DI, 1500
4106 Loop LODSB
4109 ROR AL, 01
410B JB Loop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410D ROL AL,01
410E MOV [DI], AL
410F INC DI
4100 DEC CL
4101 JNZ Loop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 INT 3
Result:
Thus program for separating Odd & Even numbers was executed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for separating Odd & Even numbers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



?


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


V SEMESTER - R 2013

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Name : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LABORATORY MANUAL



2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

point of view

INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)



12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
8.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

moving data to another location.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101C HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END START
END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. MASM Software
Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP CX
POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103E RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.0 GO



PA.1 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Airport
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Start

CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

get affected?
6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)
10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Data Acquisition and Control
4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer
4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4105 MOV R1,#05H
4106 MOV R2, 02H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOVX A, @DPTR
410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR
410E MOVX A, @DPTR
410F CJNE A,0F0,L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 AJMP SKIP
4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2
4104 INC DPTR
4109 MOV A,0F0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410A MOVX @DPTR,A
410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN
4113 LCALL 00BB
Output:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. How connect the I
2
C bus with microcontroller?
3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?
4. What do you mean by I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.
6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?
7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What TD is?
9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.
11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?
12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC
14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Cell Phones
2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines
4. Fax
5. Printers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

80 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.19 Separate Odd and Even Numbers using 8086
Aim:
To separate odd and even numbers using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the CL register with count value.
2. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
3. Move the content of source index to accumulator.
4. Rotate right the bits of accumulator with carry.
5. If carry bit is one, then the input is odd number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. If carry bit is zero, then the input is even number.
7. Separate the odd and store the results.
8. Separate the even numbers and store the results.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




81 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV CL, 06
4101 MOV SI, 1600

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DI, 1500
4106 Loop LODSB
4109 ROR AL, 01
410B JB Loop
410D ROL AL,01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E MOV [DI], AL
410F INC DI
4100 DEC CL
4101 JNZ Loop
4105 INT 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus program for separating Odd & Even numbers was executed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for separating Odd & Even numbers
using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



82 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
2. List of the different modes of timer/counter in 8086?
3. What is meant by loader?
4. What is meant by compiler?
5. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is the vector address for serial communication interrupt?
7. What is the difference between software and hardware interrupt?
8. What are an ISR and IVT?
9. Which instructions are used for reading & writing data from/to ports of 8051?
10. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. How many timers/ counters are available in 8051?
12. Give comparison of 8086, 286, 386, 486 and Pentium processors with respect to clock speed, data
bus width, memory addressing capacity.
13. Explain the salient features of Pentium processor.
14. Differentiate between intra segment and inter segment operations with respect to branch instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Differentiate between intra segments and inter segment operations with respect to Call instructions.
Applications:
1. Pedometer
2. Auto-breaking system
3. Mp3 Player

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Multiple-precision arithmetic
5. Calculation pipeline



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Start

CLR C


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4105 MOV R1,#05H
4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR
410E MOVX A, @DPTR
410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2
4104 INC DPTR
4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN
4113 LCALL 00BB
Output:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?
2. How connect the I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus with microcontroller?
3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?
4. What do you mean by I
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.
6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?
7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?
8. What TD is?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.
11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?
12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?
13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

Applications:
1. Cell Phones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines
4. Fax
5. Printers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



80 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.19 Separate Odd and Even Numbers using 8086
Aim:
To separate odd and even numbers using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Press ?Enter? key
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Load the CL register with count value.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
3. Move the content of source index to accumulator.
4. Rotate right the bits of accumulator with carry.
5. If carry bit is one, then the input is odd number.
6. If carry bit is zero, then the input is even number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Separate the odd and store the results.
8. Separate the even numbers and store the results.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



81 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV CL, 06
4101 MOV SI, 1600
4105 MOV DI, 1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 Loop LODSB
4109 ROR AL, 01
410B JB Loop
410D ROL AL,01
410E MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410F INC DI
4100 DEC CL
4101 JNZ Loop
4105 INT 3
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus program for separating Odd & Even numbers was executed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for separating Odd & Even numbers
using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


82 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. List of the different modes of timer/counter in 8086?
3. What is meant by loader?
4. What is meant by compiler?
5. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8086
6. What is the vector address for serial communication interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the difference between software and hardware interrupt?
8. What are an ISR and IVT?
9. Which instructions are used for reading & writing data from/to ports of 8051?
10. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8051?
11. How many timers/ counters are available in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Give comparison of 8086, 286, 386, 486 and Pentium processors with respect to clock speed, data
bus width, memory addressing capacity.
13. Explain the salient features of Pentium processor.
14. Differentiate between intra segment and inter segment operations with respect to branch instructions.
15. Differentiate between intra segments and inter segment operations with respect to Call instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Pedometer
2. Auto-breaking system
3. Mp3 Player
4. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation pipeline




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


83 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the sum of N consecutive numbers with 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Keyboard
3. power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
2. Load the CL register with count value.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the BL register with one.
5. Add the content of AL and BL.
6. Increment the BL value.
7. Decrement the CL value.
8. If CL value is not equal to zero, go to step 5.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Store the result.



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

V SEMESTER - R 2013




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________
Section : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



LABORATORY MANUAL


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features
C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

INTRODUCTION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:
1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment
Course
objectives

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Proposed
date

1,2,3
Introduction to lab

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OUTCOMES



3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations
13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5
25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6
Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number
CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6
Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in
communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ethical practices


VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)
1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex
software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills
4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning
To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer
Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions
e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both
verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor
? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.
4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control
8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface
13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051
? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



COURSE OUTCOMES
COURSE OBJECTIVES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27
6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42
10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60
CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:
1. Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair
4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register
9. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1
1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:
Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow
2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX
100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL
101B HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. Multiplication

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand
3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
8.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH
1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4. Division:
Algorithm
1. Clear DX register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor
5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.
They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.
2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?
7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?
12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack
17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline
4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.
6. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL
1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Using AAM
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.
5. Store the result.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 MUL BL
100A AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


3. Using DAS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL
100F HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Code Conversion:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00
100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA
1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL
101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL
100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?
a) AAD
b) RCL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?
11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor
16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?
Applications:
1. Programmable calculators

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool
5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it
using 8086
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count
5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300
100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1
1013 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).
6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?
11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.
16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.
Applications:
1. Priority Encoder

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances
5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register
6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09
1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL
1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1
1019 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086
microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.
4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?
9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure
14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.
19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H
20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers
3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Battery packs


Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)
4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result



29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06
100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL
1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements



31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3
14. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?
2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.
7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?
12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?
17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system
4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?
MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA
MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00
MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H
LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF
INC DI
INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3
INT 21H
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START
END
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print
ram size with system date.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What is the role of Stack?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?
5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?
10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?
15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle
20. Define ? T-State
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'
.CODE
MAIN PROC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME
CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP
GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H
MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX
POP AX
RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?
7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.
12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.
17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:
1. Microwaves
2. Toasters

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and
execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay
6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

1200 09 05 06 0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1210 0A 06 05 09




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:
Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1
4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H
1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)
1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)
101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL
102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)
1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is meant by Prefix?
2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?
7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?
12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

Applications:
1. Clothes washers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats
5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)
1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Pin Assignment With 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





LAN Direction

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP
EAST
PA.3 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH
PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO
PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


13-16 NC
PWR
17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22
PORT C FF24

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF36
PORT A FF30

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]
100A
MOV DX, CONTRL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX
1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]
101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT
1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX
1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 POP CX
1037 RET



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.
2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller
7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.
12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.
Applications:
1. Traffic control devices

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:
1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:
MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H
INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H
CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H
INT 21H
MSG:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?
3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI
b. LOOP
c. CALL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?
9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.
14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units
3. Elevators
4. Computer servers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL
PORTS USING 8251
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:
1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.
Algorithm:
Transmitter end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.
3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.
6. Check whether the 3
rd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.
8. Stop.
Receiver end:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd
bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.
Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04
1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2
1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write
the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?
4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF
c. ROL
d. SHR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART
9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB
14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems
3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Credit-card processing units




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit
Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.
2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.
7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 MOV AL, 18



57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01
100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00
101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP
1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital
converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?
6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?
11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs
4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086
Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.
2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.
7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1004 MOV CX,000F



60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL
100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]
1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000
DELAY
1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2
1507 RET
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?
4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)
9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI
14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform
3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.
3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO
15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1
3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.
5. Jump to step1.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL
1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002
3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.
8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O
13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter
3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. ECG Machine




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS
USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:

Memory
Location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Label Mnemonics
4100

Start

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CLR C


4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. 8-bit Subtraction:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

st
data with 2
nd
data
3. Initialize data pointer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





3. 8-bit Multiplication:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
5. Get 1
st
data and 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)
9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2
nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP 410E




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



4. 8-bit Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR
410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller
2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.
12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.
17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes
4. VCRs
5. DVD players

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?
6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A
4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?
9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I
2
C bus standard.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:
1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.
5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H
4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA
4100 RRA
4101 RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?
6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)
10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control
4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer
4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV R1,#05H
4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR
410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E MOVX A, @DPTR
410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP
4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4104 INC DPTR
4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A
410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4113 LCALL 00BB
Output:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?
2. How connect the I
2
C bus with microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?
4. What do you mean by I
2
C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?
7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?
8. What TD is?
9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?
12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?
13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC
14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Cell Phones
2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Fax
5. Printers

Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



80 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.19 Separate Odd and Even Numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To separate odd and even numbers using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Press ?Enter? key
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Load the CL register with count value.
2. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
3. Move the content of source index to accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Rotate right the bits of accumulator with carry.
5. If carry bit is one, then the input is odd number.
6. If carry bit is zero, then the input is even number.
7. Separate the odd and store the results.
8. Separate the even numbers and store the results.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

81 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV CL, 06
4101 MOV SI, 1600
4105 MOV DI, 1500
4106 Loop LODSB
4109 ROR AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B JB Loop
410D ROL AL,01
410E MOV [DI], AL
410F INC DI
4100 DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 JNZ Loop
4105 INT 3
Result:
Thus program for separating Odd & Even numbers was executed.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for separating Odd & Even numbers
using 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





82 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
2. List of the different modes of timer/counter in 8086?
3. What is meant by loader?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is meant by compiler?
5. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8086
6. What is the vector address for serial communication interrupt?
7. What is the difference between software and hardware interrupt?
8. What are an ISR and IVT?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Which instructions are used for reading & writing data from/to ports of 8051?
10. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8051?
11. How many timers/ counters are available in 8051?
12. Give comparison of 8086, 286, 386, 486 and Pentium processors with respect to clock speed, data
bus width, memory addressing capacity.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Explain the salient features of Pentium processor.
14. Differentiate between intra segment and inter segment operations with respect to branch instructions.
15. Differentiate between intra segments and inter segment operations with respect to Call instructions.
Applications:
1. Pedometer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Auto-breaking system
3. Mp3 Player
4. Multiple-precision arithmetic
5. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



83 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086
Aim:
To find the sum of N consecutive numbers with 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Keyboard
3. power cable
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
2. Load the CL register with count value.
3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Initialize the BL register with one.
5. Add the content of AL and BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Increment the BL value.
7. Decrement the CL value.
8. If CL value is not equal to zero, go to step 5.
9. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




84 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV SI, 2000
4101 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 MOV AL, 00
4106 MOV BL, 01
4109 LOOP ADD AL, BL
410B INC BL
410D DEC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E JNZ LOOP
410F MOV DI, 2002
4100 MOV [DI], AX
4101 INT 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus program for finding sum of ?n? consequent numbers was executed
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for finding sum of ?n?
consequent numbers using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

1 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


?



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLERLABORATORY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



V SEMESTER - R 2013


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Name : _______________________________________
Register No. : _______________________________________

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Section : _______________________________________



LABORATORY MANUAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




2 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY


C01 - To learn the working of ARM processor
C02 - To introduce ALP concepts and features

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C03 - To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
C04 - To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
C05 - To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
C06 - To be familiar with MASM
.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





1. Write programs in ARM for a specific Application

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
3. Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
4. Execute Programs in 8051
5. Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and system
point of view

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


INTRODUCTION
This course illustrates the concepts covered in course CS6412 and provides students with hands-on
experience in Assembly language programs.
PREREQUISITE:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Digital Electronics
EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
Lecture
No./Session No.
Name of the Experiment

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Course
objectives
Proposed
date

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1,2,3
Introduction to lab
CO1

CYCLE I - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4,5,6 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO2
COURSE OBJECTIVES
COURSE OUTCOMES


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7,8,9 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion CO3
10,11,12
Move a data block without overlap
CO3
Matrix operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13,14,15 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array CO2
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
16,17,18 D/A interface and Waveform Generation CO4
19,20,21 A/D interface CO5
22,23,24 Key board and Display CO5

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25,26,27
Stepper motor control CO2
Traffic light control CO5
28,29,30
Digital clock CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Serial interface and Parallel interface CO4
CYCLE III - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
31,32,33 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations CO1
34,35,36
Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CO5
Unpacked BCD to ASCII
37,38,39
Password checking and Print RAM size with system date
CO6

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Counters and Time Delay
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS
40,41,42 Sorting of an array using 8051 CO2
43,44,45
Separate odd and even numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



CO3
Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



4 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



College of Engineering is committed to provide highly disciplined, conscientious and
enterprising professionals conforming to global standards through value based quality education and training.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? To provide competent technical manpower capable of meeting requirements of the industry
? To contribute to the promotion of Academic Excellence in pursuit of Technical Education at different levels
? To train the students to sell his brawn and brain to the highest bidder but to never put a price tag on heart and
soul

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRONICS AND COMMUNICATION ENGINEERING



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


To impart professional education integrated with human values to the younger generation, so as to shape
them as proficient and dedicated engineers, capable of providing comprehensive solutions to the challenges in
deploying technology for the service of humanity

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



? To educate the students with the state-of-art technologies to meet the growing challenges of the electronics
industry
? To carry out research through continuous interaction with research institutes and industry, on advances in

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

communication systems
? To provide the students with strong ground rules to facilitate them for systematic learning, innovation and
ethical practices


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

VISION
MISSION
VISION
MISSION

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



5 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Fundamentals
To impart students with fundamental knowledge in Mathematics, Science and fundamentals of
engineering that will would them to be successful professionals
2. Core Competence
To provide students with sound knowledge in engineering and experimental skills to identify complex

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

software problems in industry and to develop practical solution for them
3. Breadth
To provide relevant training and experience to bridge the gap between theory and practice this
enables to find solutions for real time problem in industry and organization and to design products
requiring interdisciplinary skills

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Professionalism skills
To bestow students with adequate training and provide opportunities to work as team that will build up
their communication skills, individual leadership and supportive qualities and to develop them to adapt and
work in ever changing technologies
5. Lifelong Learning

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To develop the ability of students to establish themselves as professionals in Computer Science and
Engineering and to create awareness about the need for lifelong learning and pursuing advanced degrees



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


6 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)
a) To apply basic knowledge of Mathematics, Science and Engineering fundamentals in Computer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Science and Engineering field
b) To design and conduct experiments as well as to analyze and interpret and apply the same in the
career
c) To design and develop innovative and creative software applications
d) To understand a complex real world problems and develop an efficient practical solutions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) To create, select and apply appropriate technique, resources, modern engineering and IT tools
f) To understand their roles as professionals and give the best to the society
g) To develop a system that will meet expected need with realistic constraints such as economical,
environmental, social, political, ethical, safe and sustainable
h) To communicate effectively and make others understand exactly what they are trying to convey in both

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

verbal and written forms
i) To work in a team as team member or a leader and make unique contributions and work with
coordination
j) To engage lifelong learning and exhibit their technical skills
k) To develop and manage projects in multidisciplinary environments

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




7 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER
LABORATORY
SYLLABUS

? To learn the working of ARM processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? To introduce ALP concepts and features
? To write ALP for arithmetic and logical operations in 8086 and 8051
? To differentiate Serial and Parallel Interface
? To interface different I/Os with Microprocessors
? To be familiar with MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:
8086 Programs using kits and MASM
1. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
2. Move a data block without overlap
3. Code conversion, decimal arithmetic and Matrix operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Floating point operations, string manipulations, sorting and searching
5. Password checking, Print RAM size and system date
6. Counters and Time Delay
Peripherals and Interfacing Experiments
7. Traffic light control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stepper motor control
9. Digital clock
10. Key board and Display
11. Printer status
12. Serial interface and Parallel interface

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. A/D and D/A interface and Waveform Generation 8051
Experiments using kits and MASM
14. Basic arithmetic and Logical operations
15. Square and Cube program, Find 2 ?s complement of a number
16. Unpacked BCD to ASCII

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


? Write programs in ARM for a specific Application
? Write ALP Programs for fixed and Floating Point and Arithmetic
? Interface different I/Os with processor and Generate waveforms using Microprocessors
? Execute Programs in 8051

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

? Assess the performance of optical devices: light sources, fibers and detectors from both physical and
system point of view


COURSE OUTCOMES

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

COURSE OBJECTIVES



8 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


EC6513 ? MICROPROCESSOR AND MICROCONTROLLER LABORATORY
CONTENTS
Sl. No. Name of the Experiment Page No.
CYCLE 1 - 8086 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 10
2 Decimal arithmetic and Code conversion 15
3 Move a data block without overlap 21
4 Matrix operations 24
5 Searching and Sorting a sting in a given array 27

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6 Password checking and Print RAM size with system date 33
7 Counters and Time Delay 36
CYCLE 2 - PERIPHERALS AND INTERFACING EXPERIMENTS
8 Stepper motor control 39
9 Traffic light control 42

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10 Digital clock 47
11 Serial interface and Parallel interface 50
12 A/D interface 54
13 Key board and Display 57
14 D/A interface and Waveform Generation 60

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CYCLE 3 - 8051 PROGRAMS USING KITS AND MASM
15 Basic arithmetic and Logical operations 64
16 Square and Cube program, Find 2?s complement of a number 69
17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII 71
ADDITIONAL EXPERIMENTS BEYOND THE SYLLABUS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

18 Sorting of an array using 8051 74
19 Separate odd and even numbers using 8086 77
20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086 80


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



9 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



10 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.1 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Arithmetic operation and to execute using 8086
microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Arithmetic Operation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register to store carry
2. Get the addend in AX register pair
3. Get the Augend in CX register pair

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Add Augend and addend
5. Check for carry, If it is one go to step 6 else go to step 7



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

6. Increments carry (BL register by 1)
7. Store the sum in memory from AX register pair
8. Store the carry in memory from BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Stop
Program:
Address
Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV AX, 1010H
1007 MOV CX, 2020H
100B CLC
100C ADD AX, CX
100E JNC Label1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 INC BL
1012 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1016 MOV [1202], BL
101A HLT
Precaution:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Make sure that all the machine codes should be as per the specified in the program.
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



2. Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Clear BL register for storing borrow

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Get the minuend in AX register pair
3. Get the subtrahend in CX register pair
4. Subtract minuend and subtrahend
5. Check borrow, if borrow is one go to step 6 else go to step 8
6. Increment borrow (BL register by 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




12 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Negate AX register
8. Store the difference from AX in memory
9. Story the borrow from BL in memory
10. Stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV BL, 00H
1003 MOV AX, 2024H
1007 MOV CX, 1010H
100B SUB AX, CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D JNC Label1
100F INC BL
1011 NEG AX
1013 Label 1 MOV [1200], AX
1017 MOV [1202], BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Multiplication
Algorithm:
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with multiplicand

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the CX register pair with multiplier
4. Multiply multiplicand and multiplier
5. Store the higher byte of product(from DX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the lower byte of product(from AX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8.



13 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 00FFH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CX, 0002H
100C MUL CX
100E MOV [1200], AX
1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





4. Division:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm
1. Clear DX register
2. Load the AX register pair with dividend
3. Load the CX register pair with divisor
4. Dividend divided by divisor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the quotient (from AX register pair) in memory specified
6. Store the remainder (from DX register pair) in memory specified
7. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV DX, 0000H
1004 MOV AX, 0008H
1008 MOV CX, 0004H
100C DIV CX
100E MOV [1200], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 MOV [1202], DX
1016 HLT



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


14 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus Assembly language program are written to perform arithmetic operation using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

They are executed using 8086 processor and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations.

1. Write the size of the data bus of 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Write the size of the address bus of 8086.
3. What is meant by physical addressing in 8086?
4. What is meant by an Opcode?
5. What is meant by an Operand?
6. What is meant by a Mnemonics?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the other possibilities of writing ADD, SUB and MUL instructions in other addressing modes?
8. What is the difference between microprocessor and microcontroller?
9. What is meant by LATCH?
10. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
11. What is the difference between static and dynamic RAM?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is an interrupt?
13. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
14. Define ? Compiler
15. Define ? Flag
16. Define ? Stack

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How clock signal is generated in 8086 microprocessor?
18. State the functions of queue status line QS0 and QS1 in 8086 microprocessor.
19. What is the purpose of BIU& EU?
20. List out the two examples of assembler directives.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



15 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. barrel shifters
2. Multiple-precision arithmetic
3. Calculation pipeline

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. binary multipliers
5. Calculation in a single clock



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


16 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.2 DECIMAL ARITHMETIC AND CODE CONVERSION
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an Assembly Language Program to perform Code conversion and Decimal Arithmetic operations
and to execute using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Decimal Arithmetic:
1. Using DAA
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Clear the CL reg.
4. Add the contents of AL and BL.
5. Adjust decimal accumulator after addition.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Store the result.



17 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MOV CL, 00
100B ADD AL,BL
100D DAA
100E JNC L1
1010 INC CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1012 L1 MOV [1150], AL
1016 MOV [1151], CL
101A HLT

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


2. Using AAM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.
3. Multiply the contents of AL and BL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after multiplication.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 MUL BL
100A AAM
100C MOV [1150], AH
1010 MOV [1151], AL
1014 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





18 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. Using DAS
Algorithm:
1. Get the first input and store in AL.
2. Get the second input and store in BL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Subtract the contents of BL from AL.
4. Adjust decimal accumulator after subtraction.
5. Store the result.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, [1101]
1008 SUB AL,BL
100A DAS
100B MOV [1150], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100F HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Code Conversion:
1. Binary to BCD
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.
4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



19 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 XOR AX,AX
1002 XOR CX,CX
1004 MOV BX,000B
1008 L2 CMP BX,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C JZ L1
100E DEC BX
100F MOV AL,CL
1011 ADD AL,01
1014 DAA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1015 MOV CL,AL
1017 MOV AL,CH
1019 ADC AL,00
101C DAA
101D MOV CH,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JMP L2
1022 MOV [1150],CX
1026 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Binary to Gray
Algorithm:
1. Get the input and store in AL.
2. Clear the carry flag.
3. Rotate right the bits of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Find logical XOR between input and shifted input.
5. Store the result.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


20 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, [1100]
1004 MOV BL, AL
1006 CLC
1007 MOV CL,01
100A RCR AL,CL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C XOR BL,AL
100E MOV [1150],BL
1012 HLT
Tabulation:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program for code conversion and decimal arithmetic operations is written. The

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of code conversions and
decimal arithmetic operations.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

21 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. Write the function of the following 8085 instructions: JP, JPE, JPO, and JNZ.
2. What is the purpose of the following commands in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a) AAD
b) RCL
3. List out the addressing modes in 8086.
4. List out the various string instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
7. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
8. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
9. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?
10. What is the difference between carry flag and overflow flag?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?
12. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
13. After executing ADDC instruction, what flags get affected?
14. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?
15. Name the signals used by the processor to communicate with an I/O processor

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What is the function of IP?
17. What is the use of base pointer register?
18. Mention the index registers of 8086.
19. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
20. What are the flags in 8086? What are the various interrupts in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Programmable calculators
2. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
3. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
4. Power tool

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Radio clocks
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

22 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.3 MOVE A DATA BLOCK WITHOUT OVERLAP
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to move a block of data to another memory location and execute it

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8086
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory location to SI and DI register
2. Initialize the counter (CL register)
3. Move the data to designation memory through AL register
4. Decrement the count

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Check for zero flag and if zero flag is set go to next step
6. else go to step 3
7. Stop
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



23 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 08
1003 MOV SI, 1200
1007 MOV DI, 1300

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B L1 LOD SB
100C MOV [DI], AL
100E INC DI
100F DEC CL
1011 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus an Assembly Language Program for moving data to another location is written the program is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the ALP program for
moving data to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


24 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. List out the Flag manipulation instruction.
2. Define ? Variables
3. Define ? Segment Override Prefix
4. How is the memory segment accessed by 8086 microprocessor identified?
5. List out the advantages of using Direct Memory Access (DMA).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What is BIOS function call in 8086? (May 2012)
7. List out the difference between procedures and Macros.
8. What is meant by maskable interrupts& non-maskable interrupts?
9. What is the Maximum clock frequency in 8086?
10. Which Stack is used in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. Define ? Pipeline (Dec 2011)
12. How many address lines are available in 8086? What is the maximum address possible?
13. What is an assembler?( May 2012)
14. What is the purpose of LEA instruction in 8086? (May 2012)
15. Give the function of index and pointers in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

16. What are the different instruction set of 8086?
17. Give the various addressing modes in 8086.
18. Give the differences between JUMP and LOOP instruction.
19. Give the physical address formation of any two addressing mode.
20. Give the use of ?ASSUME? in 8086 programming.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Priority Encoder
2. DVD players
3. Cellular telephones
4. Household appliances

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Car equipment
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

25 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.4 MATRIX OPERATIONS
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to perform matrix addition and to execute it using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the size (count) of the matrix
2. Initialize SI pointer for storing first matrix
3. Initialize DI pointer for storing second matrix
4. Move the contents pointed by SI pointer to accumulator
5. Move the contents pointed by DI pointer BL register

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Add the contents of accumulator and BL register
7. Store result in the address pointed by DI pointer
8. Increment DI and SI pointer by 1 and Decrement count by 1
9. Check for zero. If no zero jump to step 4 else go to step 11
10. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

26 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV CL, 09

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 MOV SI, 1100
1007 MOV DI, 1200
100B L1 MOV AL, [SI]
100D MOV BL, [DI]
100F ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV [DI], AL
1013 INC SI
1014 INC DI
1015 DEC CL
1017 JNZ L1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 HLT

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




Result:
Thus an assembly language program for matrix addition was written. It is executed using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

microprocessor and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of moving and adding the group
of data from one location to another location.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





27 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an ALP for 8086 to multiply two 16 bit unsigned numbers.
2. What is an accumulator?
3. List out the segment register available in 8086.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. List out any four program control instructions that are available in 8086.
5. What is program counter?
6. Give any four logical instructions in 8086.
7. How many memory locations are available in 8086 microprocessor?
8. What are the general purposes registers in 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the functional units in 8086?
10. How much memory location allotted for the particular segments registers in 8086?
11. When the 8086 processor is in minimum mode and maximum mode?
12. Define ? Segment Override Prefix.
13. Define ? Macro and Procedure

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? Assembler and assembler directives
15. Define ? Compiler and Linker
16. What is meant by modular programming?
17. Explain the uses of PUSH and POP instruction.
18. Explain the uses of CALL and RET instruction.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

19. Identify the addressing modes in the following instructions.
AND AL, BL
SUB AL, 24H
MOV AL, (BP)
MOV CX, 1245H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

Applications:
1. Toys
2. Light switches and dimmers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Electrical circuit breakers
4. Smoke alarms
5. Battery packs


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



28 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.5 SEARCHING AND SORTING A STRING IN A
GIVEN ARRAY
a) Searching a String in a Given Array:
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to search a string in the given array and to execute it using 8086
kit.
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Keyboard
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the source and destination memory in SI and DI register
2. Initialize the count (CL) and Load the string values to any register (DL)
3. Move string to AL register and Compare the register (DL and AL)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 7 else go to step 9
5. Store the value of AL register
6. Increment DI register by one, Increment SI register by one and Decrement CL register by one
7. Check for zero flag and if it is set jump to step 12 else go to step 4
8. Stop the execution

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


29 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV DI, 1300
1004 MOV SI, 1200
1008 MOV CL, 06

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B MOV DL, 02
100E L1 MOV AL, [SI]
1010 CMP DL, AL
1012 JNZ L2
1014 MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1016 INC DI
1017 L2 INC SI
1018 DEC CL
101A JNZ L1
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an assembly language program to search a string in the string in the given array is written. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




30 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) Sorting an Array of Data Using 8086:
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order and
execute it using 8086 kit
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result
1. Ascending Order:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer
4. Set CH as inner loop counter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Increment array pointer
6. Get the first element of array
7. Increment array pointer and Compare the two elements


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


31 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10
9. Swap the content of the memory location

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3 and stop
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]
1006 DEC CL
008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI
1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]
101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat
1025 HLT
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




32 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Descending Order:
Algorithm:
1. Set SI as pointer for array
2. Set CL as outer loop counter
3. Initialize array pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Set CH as inner loop counter
5. Increment array pointer Get the first element of array
6. Increment array pointer
7. Compare the two elements
8. Checks carry flag. If carry flag is set go to step 11 else go to step 10

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Swap the content of the memory location
10. Decrement the inner loop counter
11. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 13 else go to step 7
12. Decrement outer loop counter
13. Check zero flag. If it is set go to step 15 else go to step 3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Stop
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV SI, 1100H
1004 MOV CL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 DEC CL
1008 Repeat MOV SI, 1100H
100C MOV CH, [SI]
100E DEC CH
1010 INC SI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 Rep MOV AL, [SI]
1013 INC SI
1014 CMP AL, [SI]
1016 JNC Ahead
1018 XCHG AL, [SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A XCHG AL, [SI-1]
101D Ahead DEC CH
101F JNZ Rep
1021 DEC CL
1023 JNZ Repeat

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 HLT




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

33 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Result:
Thus an assembly language program is written to sort an array of data in ascending and descending order.
The program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts and write the Assembly
Language Program for Searching and Sorting.

1. What is the relation between 8086 processor frequency & crystal Frequency?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the position of the stack pointer after the POP instruction?
3. Compare CALL and JMP instructions.
4. Define ? Baud Rate
5. What is the size of instruction queue in 8086?
6. Compare JNC and JMP instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What happens when HLT instruction is executed in processor?
8. What is the maximum internal clock frequency of 8086 processor?
9. What are the functions of BIU?
10. Write an ALP program to search a number 05 from a given array.
11. What is cache memory?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Can ROM be used as stack?
13. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?
14. What are the 8086 instructions used for ASCII arithmetic?
15. List the various string instructions available in 8086.
16. How will carry and zero flags reflect the result of instruction CMP BX, CX?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Give any four miscellaneous instructions in 16-bit Microprocessor
18. List the flags in 8086 and state its functions.
19. What is the purpose of segment registers in 8086?
20. What is virtual addressing mode?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



34 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Car keys
2. Power tool
3. Home security system

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Dishwashers
5. Washing machines



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

35 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.6 PASSWORD CHECKING AND PRINT RAM SIZE
WITH SYSTEM DATE
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write an assembly language program to Check Password.
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C: cd \COP3402
b) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
c) LINK FIRST.OBJ
d) FIRST.EXE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) FIRST.EXE
Program:
.MODEL SMALL
.DATA
PASS DB ?ABC?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MES1 DB 10,13,?ENTER 3 CHARACTER PASSWORD $?
MES2 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD IS CORRECT $?
MES3 DB 10,13,?PASSWORD ID WRONG $ ?
.CODE
START: MOV AX,@DATA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DS,AX
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES1
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



36 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV CL,00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV DL,OOH
XOR DI,DI
.WHILE CL!=3
MOV AH,07H
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA BX,PASS
MOV AH,[BX+DI]
.IF AL==AH
ADD DL,01
.ENDIF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INC DI
INC CL
.ENDW
.IF DL==3
MOV AH,09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

LEA DX,MES2
INT 21H
.ELSE
MOV AH,09H
LEA DX,MES3

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
.ENDIF
MOV AH,4CH
INT 21H
END START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

END
Result:
Thus the given password is checked and the result is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of password checking and print

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

ram size with system date.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



37 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1. What is the role of Stack?
2. What is the difference between DOS and BIOS interrupts?
3. What is an interrupt vector Tabulation: of 8086?
4. What .model small stands for?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Define ? Interrupt Vector Tabulation
6. What are the contents of AL and CY after the execution of the following segments?
7. What is the purpose of CLK signal in an 8086 system?
8. What is the need for MN/MX pin in 8086 system?
9. What is the purpose of QUEUE in 8086 processor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Give the operation of TEST instructions of 8086?
11. List out few string instructions of 8086.
12. What is the use of LOCK prefix?
13. What is the purpose of REP prefix?
14. What are the types of Multiprocessor configuration?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Define ? Co-processor
16. List any four program control instructions available in 8086?
17. How the data and address lines are demultiplexed?
18. Define ? Instruction
19. Define ? Machine Cycle

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

20. Define ? T-State
Applications:
1. High-end coffee makers
2. Radio clocks
3. Televisions

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


38 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.7 COUNTERS AND TIME DELAY

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to display the current system time and date
Apparatus required:
1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.
3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ
e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.MODEL SMALL
.STACK 100H
.DATA
PROMPT DB 'Current System Time is : $'
TIME DB '00:00:00$'

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

.CODE
MAIN PROC



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

39 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

MOV AX, @DATA
MOV DS, AX
LEA BX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CALL GET_TIME
LEA DX, PROMPT
MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
LEA DX, TIME

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH, 09H
INT 21H
MOV AH, 4CH
INT 21H
MAIN ENDP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

GET_TIME PROC
PUSH AX
PUSH CX
MOV AH, 2CH
INT 21H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AL, CH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX], AX
MOV AL, CL
CALL CONVERT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV [BX+3], AX
MOV AL, DH
CALL CONVERT
MOV [BX+6], AX
POP CX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

POP AX
RET
GET_TIME ENDP
Result:
Thus the systems current date is fetched, displayed and the result is verified.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the concepts of counters and time delay.


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


40 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What are the 8086 instructions used for BCD arithmetic?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the function of BX register?
3. How Physical address is generated?
4. List out the pointers available in 8086
5. Compare PUSH and PULL instructions
6. What is ALE? When will the data bus AD0-AD7 be enabled?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Define ? HOLD in 8086
8. Define ? HLDA in 8086
9. Give the significance of RQ / GTO and IO / M signals.
10. Name any two coprocessors and their use.
11. State the importance of sample and hold circuit.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. List the applications of programmable interval timer.
13. What is key denouncing? What are the methods to detect the denouncing?
14. Name the two modes of operation of DMA controller?
15. Give the different types of command words in 8259.
16. Give the comments for MOV r, M.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. How many T-states are in MOV instruction?
18. Explain the addressing mode of MOV r, M.
19. How many machine cycles are in MOV instruction?
20. Give the comments for MOV M, r.
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Microwaves
2. Toasters
3. Ovens
4. Stoves
5. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



41 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.8 INTERFACING STEPPER MOTOR WITH 8086

Aim:
To write an Assembly Language Program to run the stepper motor in forward and reverse direction and

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. Stepper motor Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket
provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Get the drive sequence using HL pointer
2. Initialize a counter for appropriate number of steps
3. Get the drive sequence from memory to accumulator
4. Send the data to stepper motor
5. Call delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Get the next sequence to accumulator
7. Decrement the counter
8. Check zero flag, If zero flag is reset go to step 3 else go to step 9
9. Jump to step 1
Look Up Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


1200 09 05 06 0A
1210 0A 06 05 09


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




42 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Decoding:
A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
1 1 0 0 0 X X X

Half Wave Scheme:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Anticlock wise Clock wise
Step A1 A2 B1 B2 Step A1 A2 B1 B2
1 1 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0
2 0 1 0 1 2 0 1 1 0
3 0 1 1 0 3 0 1 0 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4 1 0 1 0 4 1 0 0 1

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV BL, 20H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 Next MOV DI, 1200
1007 CALL 1025(Rotate)
100A DEC BL
100C JNZ 1003(Next)
100E CALL 1037(Delay 2)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1011 MOV BL, 20H
1014 Next 1 MOV DI, 1210
1018 CALL 1025( Rotate)
101B DEC BL
1010 JNZ 1014(Next 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101F CALL 1037 (Delay 2)
1022 JMP 1000H (Start)
1025 Rotate MOV CL, 04H
1028 Start 1 MOV AL, [DI]
102A OUT 0C0(Port), AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

102C MOV DX, 0FFFH
1030 Delay 1 DEC DX
1031 JNZ 1030H(Delay 1)
1033 INC DI
1034 LOOP 1028(Start 1)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1036 RET
1037 Delay 2 MOV DX, 0FFFH
103B Delay DEC DX
103C JNZ 103B(Delay)
103E RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





43 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface stepper motor with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of stepper motor and
write the assembly language program for interfacing stepper motor with 8086 microprocessor.


1. What is meant by Prefix?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Difference between small, medium, tiny, huge?
3. Define ?DD, DW and DB.
4. List out the Interrupts in 8086
5. What is meant by half wave scheme?
6. Give examples for 8 / 16 / 32 bit Microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is 1st / 2nd / 3rd / 4th generation processor?
8. What is meant by interrupt?
9. What is meant by Scratch pad of computer?
10. What is NV ? RAM?
11. Which interrupts are generally used for critical events?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the PUSH instruction?
13. What is the position of the Stack Pointer after the POP instruction?
14. Logic calculations are done in which type of registers?
15. Explain how to generate the physical address with respect to code segment and any other segment.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Clothes washers
2. Stereo systems
3. Hand-held game devices
4. Thermostats

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Video game systems
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

44 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.9 INTERFACING TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086
Aim:
To Interface the Traffic light controller with 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Traffic Light Controller kit
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To interface the Trainer Kit with Traffic light controller
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Press ?A(Address)? key
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit traffic light controller
Lookup Table:

1200 80H
1201 21H,09H,10H,00H(SOUTH WAY)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1205 0CH,09H,80H,00H(EASTWAY)
1209 64H,08H,00H,04H(NOURTHWAY)
120D 24H,03H,02H,00H(WEST WAY)
1211 END

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





45 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Pin Assignment With 8086



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


LAN Direction
8086 LINES MODULES Traffic Light Controller Card
SOUTH
PA.0 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




PA.1 LISTEN
PA.2 STOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

EAST
PA.3 GO
PA.4 LISTEN
PA.5 STOP
NORTH

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PA.6 GO
PA.7 LISTEN
PB.0 STOP
WEST
PB.1 GO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PB.2 LISTEN
PB.3 STOP

13-16 NC
PWR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17,19 Vcc
Supply form MCU/MPU/FPGA Kits 18,20 Gnd



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

46 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

CIRCUIT DIAGRAM TO INTERFACE TRAFFIC LIGHT WITH 8086


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

IN 8086 WE HAVE TWO 8255 IC?S
PORTS ADDRESS
Control port FF26
PORT A FF20
PORT B FF22

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORT C FF24




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


47 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

GPIO- II (8255)
PORTS ADDRESS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Control port FF36
PORT A FF30
PORT B FF32
PORT C FF34

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START MOV BX, 1200H
1004 MOV CX, 0008H
1008 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100A
MOV DX, CONTRL
PORT
100E OUT DX, AL
100F INC BX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1010 NEXT MOV AL,[BX]
1012 MOV DX, PORT A
1016 OUT DX,AL
1017 INC BX
1018 MOV AL,[BX]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101A MOV DX,PORT B
101E OUT DX,AL
101F CALL DELAY
1022 INC BX
1023 JNZ NEXT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1025 JMP START
1028 DELAY PUSH CX
1029 MOV CX,0005
102D REPAT MOV DX,0FFFFH
1031 LOOP2 DEC DX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1032 JNZ LOOP2
1034 LOOP REPAT
1036 POP CX
1037 RET

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





48 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus an Assembly Language Program to interface traffic light controller with 8086 processor is written. It is
executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of traffic light controller
and write the assembly language program for interfacing with 8086 microprocessor.


1. List out the control ports in traffic light controller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
3. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
4. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
5. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
6. List out the control ports in traffic light controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What are the functions of conditional instructions?
8. List out the LAN ports in traffic light controller.
9. What are the functions of Loop instructions?
10. List out the Modules in traffic light controller.
11. List out the difference between INT 0 and INT 4.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Describe the steps required in the execution of an assembly language program.
13. Explain the use of EXTRN and PUBLIC directives with an example.
14. Explain the memory structure in a general purpose desktop computer Illustrate the use of following
assembler directives: DD, DW, EVEN, GROUP, ORG, ASSUME, ENDP, PTR, OFFSET.
15. Discuss how ?even? and ?odd? memory banks are accessed using control signals.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Traffic control devices
2. Vehicle maintenance system
3. Railways
4. Airport

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



49 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.10 DIGITAL CLOCK AND STOP WATCH
Aim:
To Program the 8086microprrocessor that places a message on the screen every 10 sec, using INT 1A h
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Personal Computer
2. MASM Software
Algorithm:
1. Write the timer delay program.
2. Write the timeout subroutine.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Clear the accumulator.
4. Give the message to be displayed.
5. Call the interrupt.
6. Display the result.
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). Once the DOS window is open, type
the command EDIT. Type your file and save it to your .ASM directory. Be sure it has a .ASM
extension. Do not close the DOS window or the editor.
2. Go to Start, Programs, MS-DOS Prompt (or Command Window). This will open a second DOS
window. Change to your .ASM directory and issue the commands to run MASM.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Click compile, link and run it.
a) C:
b) cd \ COP3402
c) MASM/L FIRST.ASM
d) LINK FIRST.OBJ

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

e) FIRST.EXE
4. For errors after issuing the MASM command, fix the .ASM file and redo the above steps.
5. open the file FIRST.LST to clear all errors
6. Click compile, link and run it.
a) MASM/L FIRST.ASM

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b) LINK FIRST.OBJ
c) FIRST.EXE



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



50 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CODE SEGMENT
TIMEDELAY:
MOV SP,1000H
MOV DI,10XD
TIME OUT:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

MOV AH,00H
INT 1AH
MOV BX,DX
TIMER:
MOV AH, 00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 1AH
SUB DX, BX
CMP DX, 182XD
JC TIMER
MOV AH, 09H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

CS MOV DX,MSG
INT 21H
DEC DI
JNZ TIMEOUT
MOV AX,4C00H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

INT 21H
MSG:
DB 'TEN MORE SECONDS HAVE PASSED $'
CODE ENDS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus 8086 microprocessor is programmed for digital clock and the outputs are verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital clock and
stop watch in 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

51 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
2. What are the different string instructions of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
4. What is the difference between macro and sub-routine?
5. What are the functions of SI and DI registers?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. CLI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOOP
c. CALL
d. AAM
7. Define ? ALE
8. Where is the READY signal used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is the need for timing diagram?
10. What operation is performed during first T-state of every machine cycle in 8085?
11. What is interrupt acknowledge cycle?
12. What is vectored and non-vectored interrupt?
13. List the software and hardware interrupts of 8085.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. Define ? TRAP
15. How clock signals are generated in 8085 and what is the frequency of the internal clock?
Applications:
1. Gasoline pumps
2. Credit-card processing units

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Elevators
4. Computer servers
5. Surveillance systems
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



52 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.11 TRANSFER OF DATA BETWEEN TWO SERIAL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

PORTS USING 8251
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 and
to execute it using 8086 microprocessor
Kit Includes:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Serial port Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with 8251

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8251Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin bus.
To enter program in Trainer Kit
3. Press ?RESET? key
4. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Type the Assembly Language Program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
10. Press ?GO?
11. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
12. Take the reading from the interfacing kit 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
Transmitter end:
1. Start.
2. Write the command word into the control register of 8253 Initialize counter 0, read/write 16 bit
character, mode 3-square wave rate generator, binary count to generate the baud rate.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Load the appropriate count to make the internal clock frequency of 8251-15 kHz as 1.5 kHz, in the
counter 0 of 8253.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

53 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4. Write the appropriate command word for asynchronous mode instruction format and command
instruction format of 8251 in the control register of 8251.
5. Read the status word from the status register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Check whether the 3
rd
bit (TXEMPTY) is set or reset. If it is set loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
7. Move the content which is to be transmitted to the data register of 8251.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Stop.
Receiver end:
Repeat the steps from 1 to 5 in transmitter algorithm
9. Check whether the 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

bit (RXRDY) is set or reset. If it is reset loop around the step 5, else go to step
7.
10. Read the content from the data register of 8251.
11. Store the content in a memory.
12. Stop.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program
Transmitter end: 8086 - I
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1006 MOV AL,0A
1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100E OUT 0C2,AL
100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L1 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,04

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 JNZ L1
1014 MOV AL,41
1017 OUT 0C0,AL
1018 HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




54 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Receiver end: 8086 - II
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 MOV AL,36
1003 OUT 0CE,AL
1006 MOV AL,0A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1008 OUT 0C8,AL
100A MOV AL,00
100B OUT 0C8,AL
100C MOV AL,4E
100E OUT 0C2,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,37
100E OUT 0C2,AL
1010 L2 IN AL,0C2
1012 AND AL,02
1013 JZ L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1014 IN AL,0C0
1017 MOV BX,1500
1018 MOV [BX],AL
101C HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program to transfer the data between two serial ports using 8251 is
written. It is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the USART communications and write

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

the assembly language program for serial port communication with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





55 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the difference between min mode and max mode of 8086?
2. What is the difference between near and far procedure?
3. What is difference between shifts and rotate instructions?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Which are strings related instructions?
5. Which are addressing modes and their examples in 8086?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. SCASB
b. LAHF

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. ROL
d. SHR
e. IDIV
7. List out the internal devices of 8255.
8. Define ? USART

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What is scanning in keyboard and what is scan time?
10. What is programmable peripheral device?
11. What are the tasks involved in keyboard interface?
12. How a keyboard matrix is formed in keyboard interface using 8279?
13. Define ? GPIB

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. List out advantages of differential data transfer.
15. What are the modes used in keyboard display interface?
Applications:
1. Digital kiosks
2. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Surveillance systems
4. Even some doors with automatic entry
5. Credit-card processing units


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



56 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.12 INTERFACING ADC WITH 8086
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor and to execute it using
8086 kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. ADC Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply.
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Initialize the ADC?s channel 0.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Make the ALE of the ADC high by using the control word.
3. Set the SOC pulse to ADC.
4. Call delay.
5. Clear the SOC signal.
6. Continuously check for EOC from ADC.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. If EOC is received, get the digital data from ADC.
8. Store the result in memory.
9. Stop the execution.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1000 MOV AL, 10
1003 OUT C8, A
1005 MOV AL, 18


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


57 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 OUT C8, AL
100A MOV AL, 01

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D OUT D0, AL
100E MOV AL, 00
1012 MOV AL, 00
1015 MOV AL, 00
1018 MOV AL, 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

101B OUT D0, AL
101D LOOP IN AL, D
101F AND AL, 01
1022 CMP AL, 01
1025 JNZ LOOP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1027 IN AL, C
1029 MOV BX, 110
102D MOV [BX], A
102E HLT

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface ADC with 8086 microprocessor. The program
is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions analog to digital

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

converter and write the assembly language program for interfacing ADC with 8086 microprocessor.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



58 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. What is the difference between Macro and procedure?
2. Which is by default pointer for CS/ES?
3. Basic difference between 8085 and 8086?
4. Which operations are not available in 8085?
5. What is the difference between instructions RET & IRET?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. What are the functions performed by 8279?
7. What is PPI?
8. Give the control word format for I/O mode of 8255.
9. Give the BSR mode format of 8255.
10. What are the registers present in 8259?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

11. What are the applications of 8253?
12. Define ? DMA process
13. Give the status word format of 8257
14. What are the features of 8279?
15. List some of the features of INTEL 8259 (Programmable Interrupt Controller).

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. VCRs

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. DVD players
5. ECG Machine



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




59 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Expt.No.13 INTERFACING 8279 WITH 8086
(KEYBOARD AND DISPLAY INTERFACE)
Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor to display a word and to
execute using 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Kit Includes:
1. Keyboard And Display Card
2. Interface Cable
3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Connect the 26 core FRC connector to the 8086 trainer at connector no CN4 and the interface
module.
2. Connect the power mate connector to the interface module and the other side of the connector to the
power supply. The connections to the power supply are given below. Connections: (power supply)
3. 5- Way power mate is wired to the motor. This power mate is to be inserted into the male socket

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

provided on the interface.
4. After the completion of the program and connections, enter the program as given in the listing below.
G0< STARTING ADDRESS< ENTER (on the key board of trainer).
Algorithm:
1. Start.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the SI pointer with the address of the data to be displayed.
3. Load the count register with count of data to be displayed.
4. Initialize the accumulator.
5. Load the appropriate command words in control register.
6. Load the appropriate words for the characters to be displayed, in the accumulator in BCD form.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Send the BCD data to 8279 display Register.
8. Increment the SI register for the next data.
9. Decrement the count, go to step 7, if the count is not zero. Go to step 1.
10. Stop execution.
Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
1000 Start MOV SI, 1200
1004 MOV CX,000F


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


60 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

1008 MOV AL, 10
100B OUT C2, AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100D MOV AL,0CC
1010 OUT C2, AL
1012 MOV AL,90
1015 OUT C2, AL
1017 L1 MOV AL,[SI]

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 OUT C0, AL
101B CALL 1500 (D1)
101E INC SI
101F LOOP 1017 (L1)
1021 JMP 1000

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

DELAY
1500
D1 MOV DX,0A0FF
1504 L2 DEC DX
1505 JNZ 1504 L2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1507 RET
Result:
Thus an assembly language program was written to interface 8279 with 8086 microprocessor. It was
executed and the output was verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of key board display
and write the assembly language program for key board display with 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





61 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. What is the size of flag register?
2. Can you perform 32 bit operation with 8086? How?
3. What is the difference between instructions DIV & IDIV?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What is the size of each segment?
5. What is the difference between instructions MUL & IMUL?
6. What is meant by LED/LCD?
7. How do you place a specific value in DPTR register? (Dec 2013)
8. Which of the 8051 ports need pull-up registers to functions as I/O port ? (Dec 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the control words of 8251A and what are its functions?
10. What are the display modes supported by the 8279 chip?
11. Give the format of program clock word of 8279 and mention its purpose.
12. What is 2 key lockout and n key rollover?
13. Define ? PPI

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the use of direction flag?
15. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



62 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.14 INTERFACING DAC WITH 8086

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write an assembly language program to interface DAC with 8086 microprocessor and generate the
following waveforms:
1. Square waveform
2. Saw tooth waveform

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform
4. Sine waveform
Kit Includes:
1. DAC Card and Interface Cable
2. CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Datasheets | App notes
Procedure:
To interface the Trainer Kit with DAC converter
1. Connect Power supply to 8086 kit
2. 8255Interfacing kit Connect to CN4 of 8086 using 26 pin buses.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Connect the CRO probe to JP3 of 8255 kit
4. Keep the DIP switch in 1 & 7 on (8086kit), Change dip switch into 1 & 5on, once reset 8086 kit
To enter program in Trainer Kit
5. Press ?RESET? key
6. Press ?A(Address)? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Press ?Enter? key
8. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
9. Press ?Enter? key
10. Type the Assembly Language Program
11. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To executive the program
12. Press ?GO?
13. Type the starting address to execute the program
To observe the output
14. Take the reading amplitude from the CRO

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Take the reading time variations from the CRO




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

63 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Note:
1. Square waveform at the output of DAC-2
2. Saw tooth waveform at the output of DAC-1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Triangular waveform at the output of DAC-2
4. Sine waveform at the output of DAC-1

1. Triangular Wave Generation:
Algorithm:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.
5. Send the data to the DAC port.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.
2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 OUT C8,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL, 0FFh
100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay
1019 RET


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



64 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

2. Saw tooth Waveform Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize accumulator.
2. Send the data to DAC port.
3. Increment accumulator.
4. Check for zero flag. If it is set go to step 6, else go to step2.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Jump to step1.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h
1003 L1: OUT C0,AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1005 INC AL
1007 JNZ L1
1009 JMP START

3. Square Wave Generation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Initialize the accumulator.
2. Send the data from the accumulator to the DAC port.
3. Go to delay subroutine.
4. Load the data FFh to the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Send the data to the DAC port.
6. Go to delay subroutine.
7. Go to step 1.
Delay Subroutine
1. Load the count in CX register.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Loop around step 2 until CX becomes zero.
3. Return to the main program.
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
1000 START: MOV AL,00h

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1003 OUT C8,AL



65 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Result:
Thus the assembly language program is written to interface timer with 8086 Microprocessor. The
program is executed using 8086 and the output is verified.
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to understand the working conditions of digital to
analog converter and write the assembly language program for DAC with 8086 microprocessor.

1. Whether 8086 is compatible with Pentium processor?
2. Write an ALP program for multiplication of given number in location mode a) 0060, b) 0002

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is 8087? How it is different from 8086?
4. Write an ALP program for addition of multi byte numbers.
5. What is the size of flag register?
6. List the operating modes of 8253 timer.
7. Give the control word format of timer.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. What is the use of USART?
9. Compare the serial and parallel communications.
10. What is the use of Keyboard and display controller?
11. What is meant by synchronous data transfer scheme?
12. Define ? Interrupt I/O

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

13. Why interfacing is needed for I/O devices?
14. When the 8085 processor checks for an interrupt?
15. How the 8085 processor differentiates a memory access and I/O access?
1005 CALL Delay
1007 MOV AL,FFh

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

100B OUT C8,AL
100D CALL Delay
1010 JMP START
1013 Delay MOV CX,05FFh
1017 LOOP Delay

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1019 RET
Viva ? voce



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

66 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Applications:
1. Oscilloscopes
2. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Leakage Current Tester
4. Data Acquisition and Control
5. ECG Machine


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



67 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.15 BASIC ARITHMETIC AND LOGICAL OPERATIONS

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

USING 8051MICROCONTROLLER

Aim:
To do the arithmetic and logical operations using 8051 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8-bit Addition:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st
data to memory

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd
data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


68 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory
Location
Label Mnemonics
4100

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Start

CLR C


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 ADD A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


2. 8-bit Subtraction:
Algorithm:
1. Move 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data to memory
2. Add or subtract 1
st
data with 2
nd

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data
3. Initialize data pointer.
4. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR.

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start CLR C
4101 MOV A, # data 1
4103 SUBB A, # data 2
4105 MOV DPTR, # 4500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4109



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



69 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


3. 8-bit Multiplication:
Algorithm
5. Get 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data and 2
nd
data to memory
6. Multiply or divide 1
st

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

data with 2
nd
data
7. Initialize data pointer.
8. Move result to memory pointed by DPTR (first port)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Increment DPTR
10. Move 2
nd
part of result to register A
11. Move result to 2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

nd
memory location pointer by DPTR

Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 Start MOV A, # data 1
4101 MOV B, # data2
4105 MUL AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV A,B
410D MOVA @DPTR
410E SJMP 410E


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




70 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Tabulation:
Input Output
Address Data Address Data


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


4. 8-bit Division:
Program:
Memory Label Mnemonics
4100 Start MOV A, # data 1

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4102 MOV B,#data2
4105 DIV AB
4106 MOV DPTR, # 4500
4109 MOVX @DPTR, A
410A INC DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOVA,B
410D MOV@ DPTR, A
410E SJMP410E

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to perform arithmetic operations using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for Arithmetic and Logical operations

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

71 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. List out the features of 8051 micro controller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. What is the width of data bus?
3. What is the width of address bus?
4. What flags get affected after executing ADD instruction?
5. Which instruction is used to add immediate data?
6. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
8. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
9. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
10. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H?
11. Specify the size of memory systems used in 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Mention the different types of operands used in 8051.
13. How the processor 8051 does know whether on-chip ROM or external program memory is used?
14. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
15. What is the necessary to have external pull-up for port 0 in 8051?
16. List the addressing modes of 8051.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

17. Explain the instructions used to access external RAM.
18. List the features of 8051 microcontroller.
19. Explain the interrupts of 8051 microcontroller.
20.
20. What is the function of program counter in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Applications:
1. Radio clocks
2. Televisions
3. Oscilloscopes

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. VCRs
5. DVD players
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


72 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.16 FIND 2?S COMPLEMENT OF A NUMBER

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to find 2?s complement of a number and to execute using 8051
microcontroller
Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program
5. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Type the starting address to execute the program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
8. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
9. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Find the complement of the given number.
3. Add one with the complement number.
4. Store the result.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Program:
Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV DPTR, #4100H
4103 MOVX A, @DPTR
4104 CPL A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4105 ADD A, #01H
4107 INC DPTR
4108 MOVX @DPTR, A
4109 SJMP 4019

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



73 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Result:
Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to find 2?s complement of a number using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to find 2?s complement of a number

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

using 8051 microcontroller.

1. What is the function of the instruction INC DPTR?
2. What is BCD code? Where it is used?
3. What is ASCII code? Where it is used?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. What are the alternate functions of port0, port1, port2 and port3?
5. Write about the jump statement
6. Write about CALL statement in 8051
7. Explain the operating mode0 of 8051 serial ports
8. What happens in power down mode of 8051 microcontroller?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What are the different ways of operand addressing in 8051?
10. What is the difference between AJMP and LJMP instruction?
11. Define ? SFR
12. Define ? PSW
13. State the uses of I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus standard.
14. What are the uses of PWM in motor control using Microcontroller?
15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays
Applications:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Obstacle avoidance robotic vehicle
2. Patient health monitoring system with location details
3. Electronic voting machine
4. Oscilloscopes
5. Multi-meter

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



74 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.17 Unpacked BCD to ASCII
Aim:
To write Assembly Language Program to convert Unpacked BCD to ASCII and to execute using 8051
microcontroller

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
8. Press ?GO?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?
12. Enter the output address location to check the result

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Algorithm:
1. Get the input data.
2. Mask the lower nibble.
3. Add 32 with previous result.
4. Mask the higher nibble of input.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Move the number in higher position to lower position by rotating.
6. Add 30 with previous result and store.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



75 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV A,#29
4101 MOV R2,A
4105 ANL A,#0FH
4106 ORL A,#30H

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4109 MOV R6,A
410B MOV A,R2
410D ANL A,#0F0H
410E RRA
410F RRA

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 RRA
4101 RRA
4102 ORL A,#30H
4104 MOV R2,A
Tabulation:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Input Output
Address Data Address Data


Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program is written and executed to convert packed BCD to ASCII using 8051
microcontroller. The output is verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs to convert packed BCD to ASCII
using 8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

76 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00



1. What are the special function register associated with interrupts?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Name the flag register in 8051 microcontroller.
3. What is the on-chip memory size of 8051 microcontroller?
4. List the flags affected by arithmetic instructions.
5. What is the function of the instruction ADDC A, #00H? After executing ADDC instruction, what flags
get affected?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Specify the single instruction, which clears the most significant bit of B register of 8051, without
affecting remaining bits. (May 2015)
7. Give the DJNZ instruction of Intel 8051 microcontroller(May 2015)
8. Give the schematic to interface a relay with microcontroller. (Dec 2014)
9. State the importance of relay coils. (May 2013)

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. What is PWM?
11. What is resolution?
12. Write about the design steps involved in using microcontroller for stepper motor. (May 2014)
13. Differentiate microprocessor from microcontroller in system design.(Dec 2010)
14. How is the microcontroller used for the stepper motor control application?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

15. Why are relays that use coils called electromagnetic relays?
Applications:
1. Multi-meter
2. Leakage Current Tester
3. Data Acquisition and Control

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. ECG Machine
5. Accu-Check
Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


77 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.18 Sorting of an array using 8051
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To write Assembly Language Program to sort an array in ascending order and execute it using 8051
microcontroller

Apparatus required:
1. 8051 Microcontroller Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key
4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Type the Assembly Language Program
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?GO?
7. Type the starting address to execute the program
8. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
9. Type ?SD(Substitute address)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

10. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Get the count of the outer loop. Initiate data pointer with the memory address of the array.
2. Get the loop of inner loop and save lower byte of memory address.
3. Get the first number. Increment the data pointer and Get the next number and increment pointer

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Check for equality. If equal, go to step 6 else go to step 5, Jump unconditionally to step 10
5. If carry flag is reset, jump to step 4, else swap the contents of the two memory locations.
6. Decrement the inner loop count. If the inner loop count is not equal to zero, goto step 4 else goto step 8
Program:
Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV R0, #05H
4101 AGAIN MOV DPTR, #4600H



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

78 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

4105 MOV R1,#05H
4106 MOV R2, 02H
4109 MOVX A, @DPTR

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B MOV FO, A
410D INC DPTR
410E MOVX A, @DPTR
410F CJNE A,0F0,L1
4100 AJMP SKIP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 L1 JC SKIP
4102 MOV 82H,R2
4104 INC DPTR
4109 MOV A,0F0
410A MOVX @DPTR,A

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410E SKIP DJNZ R1, BACK
4110 DJNZ R0, AGAIN
4113 LCALL 00BB
Output:
Input Output

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Address Data Address Data



Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus Assembly language program sorting of an array is written and executed using 8051 and the output is
verified.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for sorting of a given array using
8051 microcontroller.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





79 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---




1. What is the function of 01h of Int 21h?
2. How connect the I

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2
C bus with microcontroller?
3. What is the function of 02h of Int 21h?
4. What do you mean by I
2

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

C standard?
5. State the significance of using microprocessors in interfacing traffic limit control.
6. What is the function of 09h of Int 21h?
7. Whether micro reduces memory requirements?
8. What TD is?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. What do you mean by emulator?
10. Give stack related instruction.
11. What is the function of 0Ah of Int 21h?
12. How does U differentiate between positive and negative numbers?
13. What is the IC numbers of ADC and DAC

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

14. What is the function of 4ch of Int 21h?
15. How many no. of ports available for 8051?

Applications:
1. Cell Phones

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Telephone Sets
3. Answering Machines
4. Fax
5. Printers

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Viva ? voce



80 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Expt.No.19 Separate Odd and Even Numbers using 8086
Aim:
To separate odd and even numbers using 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Power cable
3. Keyboard
Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
4. Press ?Enter? key
5. Type the Assembly Language Program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

6. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program
7. Press ?GO?
8. Type the starting address to execute the program
9. Press ?RESET? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To verify the result
10. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?
11. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Load the CL register with count value.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
3. Move the content of source index to accumulator.
4. Rotate right the bits of accumulator with carry.
5. If carry bit is one, then the input is odd number.
6. If carry bit is zero, then the input is even number.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. Separate the odd and store the results.
8. Separate the even numbers and store the results.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



81 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


Address Label Mnemonics
4100 MOV CL, 06
4101 MOV SI, 1600
4105 MOV DI, 1500

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4106 Loop LODSB
4109 ROR AL, 01
410B JB Loop
410D ROL AL,01
410E MOV [DI], AL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410F INC DI
4100 DEC CL
4101 JNZ Loop
4105 INT 3
Result:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Thus program for separating Odd & Even numbers was executed.
Outcome:
At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for separating Odd & Even numbers
using 8086 microprocessor.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


82 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00


1. How many bytes the instruction ADDC will add?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. List of the different modes of timer/counter in 8086?
3. What is meant by loader?
4. What is meant by compiler?
5. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8086
6. What is the vector address for serial communication interrupt?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

7. What is the difference between software and hardware interrupt?
8. What are an ISR and IVT?
9. Which instructions are used for reading & writing data from/to ports of 8051?
10. Which is the highest priority interrupt for 8051?
11. How many timers/ counters are available in 8051?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Give comparison of 8086, 286, 386, 486 and Pentium processors with respect to clock speed, data
bus width, memory addressing capacity.
13. Explain the salient features of Pentium processor.
14. Differentiate between intra segment and inter segment operations with respect to branch instructions.
15. Differentiate between intra segments and inter segment operations with respect to Call instructions.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Applications:
1. Pedometer
2. Auto-breaking system
3. Mp3 Player
4. Multiple-precision arithmetic

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

5. Calculation pipeline




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



Viva ? voce


--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---


83 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Expt.No.20 Sum of N consecutive numbers using 8086
Aim:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

To find the sum of N consecutive numbers with 8086 microprocessor
Apparatus required:
1. 8086 Microcontroller Kit
2. Keyboard
3. power cable

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

Procedure:
To enter program in Trainer Kit
1. Press ?RESET? key
2. Press ?A(Address)? key
3. Press ?Enter? key

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Enter the starting address (16 bit)
5. Press ?Enter? key
6. Type the Assembly Language Program
7. Press ?RESET? key
To executive the program

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

8. Press ?GO?
9. Type the starting address to execute the program
10. Press ?RESET? key
To verify the result
11. Type ?SB(Substitute Byte)?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

12. Enter the output address location to check the result
Algorithm:
1. Load the source and destination index registers with memory address.
2. Load the CL register with count value.
3. Clear the accumulator.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4. Initialize the BL register with one.
5. Add the content of AL and BL.
6. Increment the BL value.
7. Decrement the CL value.
8. If CL value is not equal to zero, go to step 5.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. Store the result.




--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

84 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

Program:

Address Label Mnemonics

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4100 MOV SI, 2000
4101 MOV CL, [SI]
4105 MOV AL, 00
4106 MOV BL, 01
4109 LOOP ADD AL, BL

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

410B INC BL
410D DEC CL
410E JNZ LOOP
410F MOV DI, 2002
4100 MOV [DI], AX

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

4101 INT 3

Result:
Thus program for finding sum of ?n? consequent numbers was executed
Outcome:

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

At the end of this experiment the students able to write ALP programs for finding sum of ?n?
consequent numbers using 8086 microprocessor.



--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---






--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---





85 Format No.: FirstRanker/Stud/LM/34/Issue: 00/Revision: 00

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



1. Write an alp program to perform an operation to find the squares of a given number using MP trainer
kit
2. What is the disadvantage of microprocessor?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

3. What is meant by LATCH?
4. Differentiate between RAM and ROM?
5. What is the difference between primary & secondary storage device?
6. Discuss the use of following instructions:
a. REP

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

b. LOCK
c. ESC
d. CLD
7. What are the uses of DOS and BIOS functions?
8. List out the functions of INT 21H.

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

9. List out the functions of BIOS interrupt INT 10H.
10. Why 2-passes are required for an assembler?
11. Mention the pins available ?exclusively? in minimum mode. 49. Mention the pins available ?exclusively?
in maximum mode.
12. What are the functions of following pins of 8086?

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

a. TEST
b. ALE.
13. What are the functions of following pins of 8086?
a. READY
b. BHE

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

c. S5, S6, S7.
14. Explain the instruction format of 8086 for data transfer instructions.
15. Is it possible to save the flag register? If yes, how?
Applications:
1. Security systems

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---

2. Surveillance systems
3. Programmable calculators
4. Counting system using counts the tennis ball
5. Detecting and Correcting an Error with the Hamming Code
Viva ? voce

--- Content provided by FirstRanker.com ---



FirstRanker.com - FirstRanker's Choice

This post was last modified on 13 December 2019